<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=David.chen.david.chen</id>
	<title>processdesign - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=David.chen.david.chen"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/David.chen.david.chen"/>
	<updated>2026-06-16T13:35:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Block_Flow_Diagram&amp;diff=688</id>
		<title>Block Flow Diagram</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Block_Flow_Diagram&amp;diff=688"/>
		<updated>2014-02-04T13:53:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Example 2: Oxidation of Propene to Acrylic Acid */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title:   Block flow diagram &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authors: Nick Pinkerton, Karen Schmidt, and James Xamplas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 15, 2014  /Date Revised: January 18, 2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
A block flow diagram (BFD) is a drawing of a chemical processes used to simplify and understand the basic structure of a system. A BFD is the simplest form of the flow diagrams used in industry. Blocks in a BFD can represent anything from a single piece of equipment to an entire plant. For a complex process, block flow diagrams can be used to break up a complicated system into more reasonable principle stages/sectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
===Uses===&lt;br /&gt;
Creating a BFD is often one of the first steps in developing a chemical process. Different alternatives can be easily and inexpensively compared at an early stage using simple BFDs. Once alternatives have been chosen, the BFD serves as a starting point for a complete process flow diagram (PFD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A BFD is a useful tool for reports, textbooks and presentations when a detailed process flow diagram is too cumbersome. These models allow for the reader to get an overall picture of what the plant does and how all the processes interact. These can be understood by people with little experience with reading or creating flow diagrams [1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Models===&lt;br /&gt;
BFDs come in many forms and styles. They can be extremely simple or very detailed in their explanation of a process. &lt;br /&gt;
====I/O Diagrams====&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest form of BFD, the I/O (input/output) diagram [2], provides the material streams entering and exiting the process. The diagram is modeled below using arrows entering and exiting a process box to represent the inputs and outputs, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Io_example.JPG|center|frame|Figure1. I/O Diagram]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Block Flow Plant Diagram====&lt;br /&gt;
This model of flow diagram is used to explain the general material flows throughout an entire plant. They will be generalized to certain plant sectors or stages. These documents would help orient workers to the products and important operation zones of a chemical facility [3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Block Flow Process Diagram====&lt;br /&gt;
This model will concentrate on a particular sector/area of a chemical plant. This would be a separate flow diagram that details what would have been present inside of one of the blocks in the plant diagram. These diagrams may be more or less complicated than the plant diagram but will focus on only a small sub-section of the overall process [3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conventions===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several conventions regarding the construction and format of BFDs that are commonly used in the engineering community. Some of the recommended conventions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Operations/equipment are represented with blocks&lt;br /&gt;
# Material flows are represented with straight lines with arrows giving the direction of flow&lt;br /&gt;
# Lines are horizontal and/or vertical, with turns at 90 degree angles&lt;br /&gt;
# Flows go from left to right whenever possible&lt;br /&gt;
# If lines cross, the horizontal line is continuous and the vertical line is broken&lt;br /&gt;
# Light streams (gases) are typically closer to the top of the BFD than are heavy streams (liquids or solids)&lt;br /&gt;
# Critical information unique to the process (such as a chemical reaction) is supplied&lt;br /&gt;
# A simplified material balance should be provided [4]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example 1: Production of Benzene==&lt;br /&gt;
Toluene and hydrogen are used as [https://processdesign.mccormick.northwestern.edu/index.php/Define_product_and_feed feed stocks] for the production of benzene. The toluene and hydrogen are sent to a reactor, and the effluent is sent to a gas separator where the noncondensable gases are discharged from the system. The bottoms of the separator provides a liquid feed to a still where the lighter benzene gas is collected as the distillate and the bottom toluene draw is recycled back into the reactor. The BFD provided shows the reaction, the stream names, and the mass flow of the inlets and outlets. There are many components of this system (heat exchangers and pumps, etc.) that are not represented because they are not vital for an understanding of the main features of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Benzene_prod_example.JPG|center|frame|Figure 2. Block flow process diagram for the production of benzene [5]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example 2: Oxidation of Propene to Acrylic Acid==&lt;br /&gt;
Propane is dehydrogenated to propene, which is oxidized to acrolein first and then further oxidized to acrylic acid. The products are separated in the end to give acrylic acid and various by-products. The by-products are further separated to yield a propane recycle stream. Each block in the BFD provided shows what each individual unit is doing along every step of the process. It also shows inlet and outlet streams, as well as byproducts and recycle streams. A BFD in this style is helpful so that all materials can be seen, every step of the process is outlined, and byproducts can be taken into consideration for waste removal/treatment. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Acrylicacidexample.JPG|center|frame|Figure 3. Block flow process diagram for the production of acrylic acid[6]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Towler, G.P. and Sinnot, R. (2012). &#039;&#039;Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design.&#039;&#039;Elsevier.&lt;br /&gt;
# Biegler, L.T., Grossmann, L.E., and Westerberg, A.W. (1997). &#039;&#039;Systematic Methods of Chemical Process Design.&#039;&#039; Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
# Peters, M.S. and Timmerhaus, K.D. (2003). &#039;&#039;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers, 5th Edition.&#039;&#039; New York: McGraw-Hill.&lt;br /&gt;
# Seider, W.D., Seader, J.D., and Lewin, D.R. (2004). &#039;&#039;Process Design Principles: Synthesis, Analysis, and Evaluation.&#039;&#039; New York: Wiley.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turton, R.T., Bailie, R.C., Whiting, W.B., and Shaewitz, J.A. (2003). &#039;&#039;Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes&#039;&#039; Upper Saddle River: Prentice-Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
# Khoobiar, S.; Porcelli, R. Conversion of propane to acrylic acid. EP0117146, May 5, 1984.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=624</id>
		<title>Utility systems</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=624"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T13:59:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Many chemical processes do not take place at ambient temperature or pressures. In order to reach these non-ambient conditions, utilities will have to be used to raise or lower temperatures and compress gases. (Towler, Towler/UOP) Utilities often contribute 5 to 10% of the price of a product, and may come from public or private utility companies or on-site plants. For purchased utilities, costs depend on consumption, while for company-owned utilities, there will be both capital and operating costs. They include things such as steam for heating, electricity, cooling water, refrigeration, fuels such as natural gas, wastewater treatment, waste disposal, and landfill. Steam is often the largest utility cost. Cogeneration unit can supply electricity accompanied with different steam pressures. (Seider 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steam=&lt;br /&gt;
Steam is used both as a process fluid (feedstock, diluent to absorb heat of reaction, heating agent, and stripping agent in absorbers and adsorbers ) and utility. As a utility, it can be used in place. It can be used to drive pumps and compressors, ejectors (for producing a vacuum), heat exchangers to heat and vaporize. Steam is usually at 50,150, and 450 psig. Generating high-pressure steam is more costly. (Seider) There are many benefits to using steam: high heat of condensation, its temperature can be controlled by controlling the pressure, good heat transfer when condensing, nontoxic, nonflammable, and it is inert with respect to many chemicals. (Towler 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Electricity=&lt;br /&gt;
Electricity is used to power many different kinds of equipment. It has many advantages:it is efficient (&amp;gt; 90%), reliable, available in wide range of power, shaft speeds, designs, lifetime, convenience, cost, maintenance. It is generally used up to 200 hp, and sometimes over 10,000 Hp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of electricity carries with it some hazards depending on the environment. Extra care must be taken when using electrically-powered equipment in areas which may have combustible fluids, vapors, or dust, and where liquids may be present. (Seider pg 606)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Water=&lt;br /&gt;
==Cooling Water==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water is used to cool and/or condense streams. Cooling water is usually circulated between process heat exchangers and a cooling tower. Water is cooled during downward motion by contact with air blown upwards, which can bring the water temperature to come within ~ 5 ⁰F of air’s wet-bulb temperature.Approximately 80% of the temperature reduction is due to evaporation of the cooling water and heat transfer to the surrounding air. Water can also be cooled in spray ponds and cooling ponds. Both work by providing high area for water to exchange heat with air. &lt;br /&gt;
Water in cooling towers is lost through drift and blowdown, and makeup is usually 1.5 to 3% of the circulating rate.&lt;br /&gt;
If a large natural body of water is nearby, it can be used as a source of cooling water and discharged downstream. This water is usually filtered to remove salts and impurities that may lead to fouling, but it is not treated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process water and boiler-feed water==&lt;br /&gt;
Process water is water that will be directly used in the process. Boiler-feed water (BFW) is used to produce steam. Both may need to be purified to prevent impurities from contaminating a process or from foul equipment.  It can be used as a cooling stream when the temperature of the stream to be cooled is greater than ~300 ⁰F. Cost of BFW can be partially offset by the steam credit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Process water that undergoes moderate pretreatment can cost ~ $0.75/1,000 gal.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Extensive treatment ~ $6.00/1,000 gal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sterilized for pharmaceutical processes ~ $550/1,000 gal. (Seider pg 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Demineralized Water==&lt;br /&gt;
In demineralized water, minerals have been removed by ion exchange. In boiler feed water, this is to prevent salt deposition, corrosion, formation of foam, and sluicing. In process water, the ions may contaminate the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Refrigeration==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water can usually be used to cool a stream to ~ 100 ⁰F. Air can only cool to ~ 120 ⁰F. Air may be used in places where water is scarce or more costly to transport. To cool or condense streams below 100 ⁰F, a refrigerant is typically used. Chilled brine can also be used, but is less common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until 1995, CFC Freon R-12 (dichlorodifuloromethane) and HCFC Freon R-22 (chlorodifuloromethane) were commonly used refrigerants. However, the chlorine atom in the molecules caused the depletion of the ozone layer. The U.S. Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 went into effect in 1995, and the production of these refrigerants has since stopped or been greatly reduced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cost estimates are based on ton-day of refrigeration, where a ton is the heat that needs to be removed to freeze 1 ton per day of water at 32 ⁰F. Substitutes have since been developed. R-134a is often used in place of R-12. According to the EPA, R-134a is not combustible at ambient conditions, and is essentially non-toxic under 400 ppm, and is not ozone-depleting. (Seider pg 607)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nitrogen==&lt;br /&gt;
Nitrogen is used as an inert agent and for purging. It can be purchased in liquid form or obtained if an air separation plant is already on-site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuels==&lt;br /&gt;
Fuel is burned in utility facilities such as boilers, electricity generation, and cogeneration, and can be in solid, liquid, or gas form. It can also be burned to provide heating for a process or stream or to drive pumps and compressors. The fuel is usually burned with excess air to ensure complete combustion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A way of quantifying the amount of heat generated is by using the heating values. Higher heating value (HHV) and the lower heating value (LHV) are used. The heating is the total heat evolved by complete combustion of a fuel with dry air with both at 60 ⁰F and the flue gas after combustion brought back down to ⁰F. If the water vapor in the flue gas is not condensed, we obtain the LHV. If the water vapor is condensed, the value of heat evolved is a bit higher, and this is the HHV. &lt;br /&gt;
Heating values for solids and liquids are usually on a per-mass basis, and gases on a per-volume basis.&lt;br /&gt;
A specified amount of heating cannot be met with the amount of fuel calculated using only the HHV. There will be heat losses, the flue gas temperature will be greater than 60 ⁰F, and water in the flue gas will typically be vapor. (Seider 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Waste Treatment=&lt;br /&gt;
Most chemical processes will produce some sort of waste. Disposal occurs to the atmosphere (in the case of some gases), sewers, body of water, or a landfill. Waste may require some treatment before disposal to meet regulations. Depending on process economics, byproducts may be recovered and processed. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wastewater Treatment==&lt;br /&gt;
(Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air-Pollution Management==&lt;br /&gt;
Waste gases are commonly released to the atmosphere. Particulates and volatile pollutants that need to be removed before disposal may be present.  Particle removal equipment includes: cyclones, wet scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators, and fabric-filter systems. Methods for removing inorganic and organic gaseous pollutants include: absorption, adsorption, condensation, and combustion. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Solid Waste==&lt;br /&gt;
U.S. federal regulations require that solid waste be classified as hazardous or nonhazardous. Conditions for a classification of hazardous include: ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, toxicity, or posing a substantial threat to the surrounding environment and its inhabitants. Hazardous waste must be treated on- or near-site before being removed in containers. Non-hazardous waste may be landfilled or incinerated in some cases. A typical estimate of costs for waste disposal is $0.03/lb for nonhazardous solids and $0.10/lb for hazardous solids. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
* Towler, G.P. and Sinnot, R. (2012). &#039;&#039;Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design.&#039;&#039; Elsevier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Seider; Seader; Lewin; Widagdo. (200\9). &#039;&#039;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers, 5th Edition.&#039;&#039; Hoboken: Wiley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turton R.; Bailie, R.C.; Whiting, W.B.; Shaeiwitz J.A.; Bhattacharyya D. (2012). &#039;&#039;Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes.&#039;&#039; Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=623</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=623"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T13:56:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|thumb|right|300px|Example of a pressure vessel.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Collapse of railroad tank car due to steam condensation caused by cold external temperatures. The relief valve allowed vapor to vent outwards, but there was no vacuum relief.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|thumb|right|300px|Different geometries of end caps: a) hemispherical b) ellipsoidal c) torispherical]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|thumb|right|300px|Diagram of shrink-fitted cylinders. The inner cylinder is under compression by the outer cylinder.]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Fibreglass wound underground vessel from ZCL Composites.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;br /&gt;
Many processes in the chemical industry are carried out at pressures greater than the atmosphere. Gases are also compressed and stored. Any vessel that will experience a pressure difference between the sides of the walls must be strong enough to withstand it. Usually the difference is between the inside and the external atmosphere, but it can also exist internally, as in a heat exchanger. A large amount of potential energy can exist as a pressure difference, and correct design of pressure vessels is an integral part to plant safety. As such, there are codes and standards guiding all aspects of using them. In North America, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. While chemical engineers will generally not carry out the immediate design, they will need to communicate specifications based on their understanding of process conditions to the vessel design engineers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Towler, G.P. and Sinnot, R. (2012). &#039;&#039;Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design.&#039;&#039; Elsevier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peters, M.S. and Timmerhaus, K.D. (2003). &#039;&#039;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers, 5th Edition.&#039;&#039; New York: McGraw-Hill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turton R.; Bailie, R.C.; Whiting, W.B.; Shaeiwitz J.A.; Bhattacharyya D. (2012). &#039;&#039;Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes.&#039;&#039; Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=622</id>
		<title>Utility systems</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=622"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T13:48:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Cooling Water */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Many chemical processes do not take place at ambient temperature or pressures. In order to reach these non-ambient conditions, utilities will have to be used to raise or lower temperatures and compress gases. (Towler, Towler/UOP) Utilities often contribute 5 to 10% of the price of a product, and may come from public or private utility companies or on-site plants. For purchased utilities, costs depend on consumption, while for company-owned utilities, there will be both capital and operating costs. They include things such as steam for heating, electricity, cooling water, refrigeration, fuels such as natural gas, wastewater treatment, waste disposal, and landfill. Steam is often the largest utility cost. Cogeneration unit can supply electricity accompanied with different steam pressures. (Seider 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steam=&lt;br /&gt;
Steam is used both as a process fluid (feedstock, diluent to absorb heat of reaction, heating agent, and stripping agent in absorbers and adsorbers ) and utility. As a utility, it can be used in place. It can be used to drive pumps and compressors, ejectors (for producing a vacuum), heat exchangers to heat and vaporize. Steam is usually at 50,150, and 450 psig. Generating high-pressure steam is more costly. (Seider) There are many benefits to using steam: high heat of condensation, its temperature can be controlled by controlling the pressure, good heat transfer when condensing, nontoxic, nonflammable, and it is inert with respect to many chemicals. (Towler 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Electricity=&lt;br /&gt;
Electricity is used to power many different kinds of equipment. It has many advantages:it is efficient (&amp;gt; 90%), reliable, available in wide range of power, shaft speeds, designs, lifetime, convenience, cost, maintenance. It is generally used up to 200 hp, and sometimes over 10,000 Hp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of electricity carries with it some hazards depending on the environment. Extra care must be taken when using electrically-powered equipment in areas which may have combustible fluids, vapors, or dust, and where liquids may be present. (Seider pg 606)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Water=&lt;br /&gt;
==Cooling Water==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water is used to cool and/or condense streams. Cooling water is usually circulated between process heat exchangers and a cooling tower. Water is cooled during downward motion by contact with air blown upwards, which can bring the water temperature to come within ~ 5 ⁰F of air’s wet-bulb temperature.Approximately 80% of the temperature reduction is due to evaporation of the cooling water and heat transfer to the surrounding air. Water can also be cooled in spray ponds and cooling ponds. Both work by providing high area for water to exchange heat with air. &lt;br /&gt;
Water in cooling towers is lost through drift and blowdown, and makeup is usually 1.5 to 3% of the circulating rate.&lt;br /&gt;
If a large natural body of water is nearby, it can be used as a source of cooling water and discharged downstream. This water is usually filtered to remove salts and impurities that may lead to fouling, but it is not treated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process water and boiler-feed water==&lt;br /&gt;
Process water is water that will be directly used in the process. Boiler-feed water (BFW) is used to produce steam. Both may need to be purified to prevent impurities from contaminating a process or from foul equipment.  It can be used as a cooling stream when the temperature of the stream to be cooled is greater than ~300 ⁰F. Cost of BFW can be partially offset by the steam credit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Process water that undergoes moderate pretreatment can cost ~ $0.75/1,000 gal.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Extensive treatment ~ $6.00/1,000 gal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sterilized for pharmaceutical processes ~ $550/1,000 gal. (Seider pg 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Demineralized Water==&lt;br /&gt;
In demineralized water, minerals have been removed by ion exchange. In boiler feed water, this is to prevent salt deposition, corrosion, formation of foam, and sluicing. In process water, the ions may contaminate the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Refrigeration==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water can usually be used to cool a stream to ~ 100 ⁰F. Air can only cool to ~ 120 ⁰F. Air may be used in places where water is scarce or more costly to transport. To cool or condense streams below 100 ⁰F, a refrigerant is typically used. Chilled brine can also be used, but is less common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until 1995, CFC Freon R-12 (dichlorodifuloromethane) and HCFC Freon R-22 (chlorodifuloromethane) were commonly used refrigerants. However, the chlorine atom in the molecules caused the depletion of the ozone layer. The U.S. Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 went into effect in 1995, and the production of these refrigerants has since stopped or been greatly reduced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cost estimates are based on ton-day of refrigeration, where a ton is the heat that needs to be removed to freeze 1 ton per day of water at 32 ⁰F. Substitutes have since been developed. R-134a is often used in place of R-12. According to the EPA, R-134a is not combustible at ambient conditions, and is essentially non-toxic under 400 ppm, and is not ozone-depleting. (Seider pg 607)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nitrogen==&lt;br /&gt;
Nitrogen is used as an inert agent and for purging. It can be purchased in liquid form or obtained if an air separation plant is already on-site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuels==&lt;br /&gt;
Fuel is burned in utility facilities such as boilers, electricity generation, and cogeneration, and can be in solid, liquid, or gas form. It can also be burned to provide heating for a process or stream or to drive pumps and compressors. The fuel is usually burned with excess air to ensure complete combustion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A way of quantifying the amount of heat generated is by using the heating values. Higher heating value (HHV) and the lower heating value (LHV) are used. The heating is the total heat evolved by complete combustion of a fuel with dry air with both at 60 ⁰F and the flue gas after combustion brought back down to ⁰F. If the water vapor in the flue gas is not condensed, we obtain the LHV. If the water vapor is condensed, the value of heat evolved is a bit higher, and this is the HHV. &lt;br /&gt;
Heating values for solids and liquids are usually on a per-mass basis, and gases on a per-volume basis.&lt;br /&gt;
A specified amount of heating cannot be met with the amount of fuel calculated using only the HHV. There will be heat losses, the flue gas temperature will be greater than 60 ⁰F, and water in the flue gas will typically be vapor. (Seider 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Waste Treatment=&lt;br /&gt;
Most chemical processes will produce some sort of waste. Disposal occurs to the atmosphere (in the case of some gases), sewers, body of water, or a landfill. Waste may require some treatment before disposal to meet regulations. Depending on process economics, byproducts may be recovered and processed. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wastewater Treatment==&lt;br /&gt;
(Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air-Pollution Management==&lt;br /&gt;
Waste gases are commonly released to the atmosphere. Particulates and volatile pollutants that need to be removed before disposal may be present.  Particle removal equipment includes: cyclones, wet scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators, and fabric-filter systems. Methods for removing inorganic and organic gaseous pollutants include: absorption, adsorption, condensation, and combustion. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Solid Waste==&lt;br /&gt;
U.S. federal regulations require that solid waste be classified as hazardous or nonhazardous. Conditions for a classification of hazardous include: ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, toxicity, or posing a substantial threat to the surrounding environment and its inhabitants. Hazardous waste must be treated on- or near-site before being removed in containers. Non-hazardous waste may be landfilled or incinerated in some cases. A typical estimate of costs for waste disposal is $0.03/lb for nonhazardous solids and $0.10/lb for hazardous solids. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=621</id>
		<title>Utility systems</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=621"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T13:42:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Many chemical processes do not take place at ambient temperature or pressures. In order to reach these non-ambient conditions, utilities will have to be used to raise or lower temperatures and compress gases. (Towler, Towler/UOP) Utilities often contribute 5 to 10% of the price of a product, and may come from public or private utility companies or on-site plants. For purchased utilities, costs depend on consumption, while for company-owned utilities, there will be both capital and operating costs. They include things such as steam for heating, electricity, cooling water, refrigeration, fuels such as natural gas, wastewater treatment, waste disposal, and landfill. Steam is often the largest utility cost. Cogeneration unit can supply electricity accompanied with different steam pressures. (Seider 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steam=&lt;br /&gt;
Steam is used both as a process fluid (feedstock, diluent to absorb heat of reaction, heating agent, and stripping agent in absorbers and adsorbers ) and utility. As a utility, it can be used in place. It can be used to drive pumps and compressors, ejectors (for producing a vacuum), heat exchangers to heat and vaporize. Steam is usually at 50,150, and 450 psig. Generating high-pressure steam is more costly. (Seider) There are many benefits to using steam: high heat of condensation, its temperature can be controlled by controlling the pressure, good heat transfer when condensing, nontoxic, nonflammable, and it is inert with respect to many chemicals. (Towler 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Electricity=&lt;br /&gt;
Electricity is used to power many different kinds of equipment. It has many advantages:it is efficient (&amp;gt; 90%), reliable, available in wide range of power, shaft speeds, designs, lifetime, convenience, cost, maintenance. It is generally used up to 200 hp, and sometimes over 10,000 Hp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of electricity carries with it some hazards depending on the environment. Extra care must be taken when using electrically-powered equipment in areas which may have combustible fluids, vapors, or dust, and where liquids may be present. (Seider pg 606)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Water=&lt;br /&gt;
==Cooling Water==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water is used to cool and/or condense streams. Cooling water is usually circulated between process heat exchangers and a cooling tower. Water is cooled during downward motion by contact with air blown upwards, which can bring the water temperature to come within ~ 5 ⁰F of air’s wet-bulb temperature.Approximately 80% of the temperature reduction is due to evaporation of the cooling water and heat transfer to the surrounding air. Water can also be cooled in spray ponds and cooling ponds. Both work by providing high area for water to exchange heat with air. &lt;br /&gt;
Water in cooling towers is lost through drift and blowdown, and makeup is usually 1.5 to 3% of the circulating rate.&lt;br /&gt;
 If a large natural body of water is nearby, it can be used as a source of cooling water and discharged downstream. This water is usually filtered to remove salts and impurities that may lead to fouling, but it is not treated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process water and boiler-feed water==&lt;br /&gt;
Process water is water that will be directly used in the process. Boiler-feed water (BFW) is used to produce steam. Both may need to be purified to prevent impurities from contaminating a process or from foul equipment.  It can be used as a cooling stream when the temperature of the stream to be cooled is greater than ~300 ⁰F. Cost of BFW can be partially offset by the steam credit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Process water that undergoes moderate pretreatment can cost ~ $0.75/1,000 gal.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Extensive treatment ~ $6.00/1,000 gal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sterilized for pharmaceutical processes ~ $550/1,000 gal. (Seider pg 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Demineralized Water==&lt;br /&gt;
In demineralized water, minerals have been removed by ion exchange. In boiler feed water, this is to prevent salt deposition, corrosion, formation of foam, and sluicing. In process water, the ions may contaminate the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Refrigeration==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water can usually be used to cool a stream to ~ 100 ⁰F. Air can only cool to ~ 120 ⁰F. Air may be used in places where water is scarce or more costly to transport. To cool or condense streams below 100 ⁰F, a refrigerant is typically used. Chilled brine can also be used, but is less common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until 1995, CFC Freon R-12 (dichlorodifuloromethane) and HCFC Freon R-22 (chlorodifuloromethane) were commonly used refrigerants. However, the chlorine atom in the molecules caused the depletion of the ozone layer. The U.S. Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 went into effect in 1995, and the production of these refrigerants has since stopped or been greatly reduced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cost estimates are based on ton-day of refrigeration, where a ton is the heat that needs to be removed to freeze 1 ton per day of water at 32 ⁰F. Substitutes have since been developed. R-134a is often used in place of R-12. According to the EPA, R-134a is not combustible at ambient conditions, and is essentially non-toxic under 400 ppm, and is not ozone-depleting. (Seider pg 607)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nitrogen==&lt;br /&gt;
Nitrogen is used as an inert agent and for purging. It can be purchased in liquid form or obtained if an air separation plant is already on-site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuels==&lt;br /&gt;
Fuel is burned in utility facilities such as boilers, electricity generation, and cogeneration, and can be in solid, liquid, or gas form. It can also be burned to provide heating for a process or stream or to drive pumps and compressors. The fuel is usually burned with excess air to ensure complete combustion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A way of quantifying the amount of heat generated is by using the heating values. Higher heating value (HHV) and the lower heating value (LHV) are used. The heating is the total heat evolved by complete combustion of a fuel with dry air with both at 60 ⁰F and the flue gas after combustion brought back down to ⁰F. If the water vapor in the flue gas is not condensed, we obtain the LHV. If the water vapor is condensed, the value of heat evolved is a bit higher, and this is the HHV. &lt;br /&gt;
Heating values for solids and liquids are usually on a per-mass basis, and gases on a per-volume basis.&lt;br /&gt;
A specified amount of heating cannot be met with the amount of fuel calculated using only the HHV. There will be heat losses, the flue gas temperature will be greater than 60 ⁰F, and water in the flue gas will typically be vapor. (Seider 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Waste Treatment=&lt;br /&gt;
Most chemical processes will produce some sort of waste. Disposal occurs to the atmosphere (in the case of some gases), sewers, body of water, or a landfill. Waste may require some treatment before disposal to meet regulations. Depending on process economics, byproducts may be recovered and processed. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wastewater Treatment==&lt;br /&gt;
(Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air-Pollution Management==&lt;br /&gt;
Waste gases are commonly released to the atmosphere. Particulates and volatile pollutants that need to be removed before disposal may be present.  Particle removal equipment includes: cyclones, wet scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators, and fabric-filter systems. Methods for removing inorganic and organic gaseous pollutants include: absorption, adsorption, condensation, and combustion. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Solid Waste==&lt;br /&gt;
U.S. federal regulations require that solid waste be classified as hazardous or nonhazardous. Conditions for a classification of hazardous include: ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, toxicity, or posing a substantial threat to the surrounding environment and its inhabitants. Hazardous waste must be treated on- or near-site before being removed in containers. Non-hazardous waste may be landfilled or incinerated in some cases. A typical estimate of costs for waste disposal is $0.03/lb for nonhazardous solids and $0.10/lb for hazardous solids. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=620</id>
		<title>Utility systems</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=620"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T13:22:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Many chemical processes do not take place at ambient temperature or pressures. In order to reach these non-ambient conditions, utilities will have to be used to raise or lower temperatures and compress gases. (Towler, Towler/UOP) Utilities often contribute 5 to 10% of the price of a product, and may come from public or private utility companies or on-site plants. For purchased utilities, costs depend on consumption, while for company-owned utilities, there will be both capital and operating costs. They include things such as steam for heating, electricity, cooling water, refrigeration, fuels such as natural gas, wastewater treatment, waste disposal, and landfill. Steam is often the largest utility cost. Cogeneration unit can supply electricity accompanied with different steam pressures. (Seider 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Steam==&lt;br /&gt;
Steam is used both as a process fluid (feedstock, diluent to absorb heat of reaction, heating agent, and stripping agent in absorbers and adsorbers ) and utility. As a utility, it can be used in place. It can be used to drive pumps and compressors, ejectors (for producing a vacuum), heat exchangers to heat and vaporize. Steam is usually at 50,150, and 450 psig. Generating high-pressure steam is more costly. (Seider) There are many benefits to using steam: high heat of condensation, its temperature can be controlled by controlling the pressure, good heat transfer when condensing, nontoxic, nonflammable, and it is inert with respect to many chemicals. (Towler 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Electricity==&lt;br /&gt;
Electricity is used to power many different kinds of equipment. It has many advantages:it is efficient (&amp;gt; 90%), reliable, available in wide range of power, shaft speeds, designs, lifetime, convenience, cost, maintenance. It is generally used up to 200 hp, and sometimes over 10,000 Hp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of electricity carries with it some hazards depending on the environment. Extra care must be taken when using electrically-powered equipment in areas which may have combustible fluids, vapors, or dust, and where liquids may be present. (Seider pg 606)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cooling Water==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process water and boiler-feed water==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Refrigeration==&lt;br /&gt;
Cooling water can usually be used to cool a stream to ~ 100 ⁰F. Air can only cool to ~ 120 ⁰F. Air may be used in places where water is scarce or more costly to transport. To cool or condense streams below 100 ⁰F, a refrigerant is typically used. Chilled brine can also be used, but is less common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until 1995, CFC Freon R-12 (dichlorodifuloromethane) and HCFC Freon R-22 (chlorodifuloromethane) were commonly used refrigerants. However, the chlorine atom in the molecules caused the depletion of the ozone layer. The U.S. Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 went into effect in 1995, and the production of these refrigerants has since stopped or been greatly reduced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cost estimates are based on ton-day of refrigeration, where a ton is the heat that needs to be removed to freeze 1 ton per day of water at 32 ⁰F. Substitutes have since been developed. R-134a is often used in place of R-12. According to the EPA, R-134a is not combustible at ambient conditions, and is essentially non-toxic under 400 ppm, and is not ozone-depleting. (Seider pg 607)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuels==&lt;br /&gt;
Fuel is burned in utility facilities such as boilers, electricity generation, and cogeneration, and can be in solid, liquid, or gas form. It can also be burned to provide heating for a process or stream or to drive pumps and compressors. The fuel is usually burned with excess air to ensure complete combustion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A way of quantifying the amount of heat generated is by using the heating values. Higher heating value (HHV) and the lower heating value (LHV) are used. The heating is the total heat evolved by complete combustion of a fuel with dry air with both at 60 ⁰F and the flue gas after combustion brought back down to ⁰F. If the water vapor in the flue gas is not condensed, we obtain the LHV. If the water vapor is condensed, the value of heat evolved is a bit higher, and this is the HHV. &lt;br /&gt;
Heating values for solids and liquids are usually on a per-mass basis, and gases on a per-volume basis.&lt;br /&gt;
A specified amount of heating cannot be met with the amount of fuel calculated using only the HHV. There will be heat losses, the flue gas temperature will be greater than 60 ⁰F, and water in the flue gas will typically be vapor. (Seider 608)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Waste Treatment==&lt;br /&gt;
Most chemical processes will produce some sort of waste. Disposal occurs to the atmosphere (in the case of some gases), sewers, body of water, or a landfill. Waste may require some treatment before disposal to meet regulations. Depending on process economics, byproducts may be recovered and processed. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Wastewater Treatment===&lt;br /&gt;
(Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air-Pollution Mangement===&lt;br /&gt;
Waste gases are commonly released to the atmosphere. Particulates and volatile pollutants that need to be removed before disposal may be present.  Particle removal equipment includes: cyclones, wet scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators, and fabric-filter systems. Methods for removing inorganic and organic gaseous pollutants include: absorption, adsorption, condensation, and combustion. (Seider pg 609)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solid Waste===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=619</id>
		<title>Utility systems</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=619"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T13:12:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Many chemical processes do not take place at ambient temperature or pressures. In order to reach these non-ambient conditions, utilities will have to be used to raise or lower temperatures and compress gases. (Towler, Towler/UOP) Utilities often contribute 5 to 10% of the price of a product, and may come from public or private utility companies or on-site plants. For purchased utilities, costs depend on consumption, while for company-owned utilities, there will be both capital and operating costs. They include things such as steam for heating, electricity, cooling water, refrigeration, fuels such as natural gas, wastewater treatment, waste disposal, and landfill. Steam is often the largest utility cost. Cogeneration unit can supply electricity accompanied with different steam pressures. (Seider 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Steam==&lt;br /&gt;
Steam is used both as a process fluid (feedstock, diluent to absorb heat of reaction, heating agent, and stripping agent in absorbers and adsorbers ) and utility. As a utility, it can be used in place. It can be used to drive pumps and compressors, ejectors (for producing a vacuum), heat exchangers to heat and vaporize. Steam is usually at 50,150, and 450 psig. Generating high-pressure steam is more costly. (Seider) There are many benefits to using steam: high heat of condensation, its temperature can be controlled by controlling the pressure, good heat transfer when condensing, nontoxic, nonflammable, and it is inert with respect to many chemicals. (Towler 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Electricity==&lt;br /&gt;
Electricity is used to power many different kinds of equipment. It has many advantages:it is efficient (&amp;gt; 90%), reliable, available in wide range of power, shaft speeds, designs, lifetime, convenience, cost, maintenance. It is generally used up to 200 hp, and sometimes over 10,000 Hp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of electricity carries with it some hazards depending on the environment. Extra care must be taken when using electrically-powered equipment in areas which may have combustible fluids, vapors, or dust, and where liquids may be present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cooling Water==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process water and boiler-feed water==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Refrigeration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuels==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Waste Treatment==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air-Pollution Mangement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solid Waste===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=618</id>
		<title>Utility systems</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Utility_systems&amp;diff=618"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T12:14:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: Added sections&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Steam==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Electricity==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cooling Water==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process water and boiler-feed water==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Refrigeration==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuels==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Waste Treatment==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air-Pollution Mangement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solid Waste===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=617</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=617"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T12:05:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Process Flow Diagram */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Header table. Introduction. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;padding:5px&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; width = &amp;quot;1080&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the Northwestern University Chemical Process Design Open Textbook.&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This electronic textbook is a student-contributed open-source text covering the materials used in our chemical engineering capstone design courses at Northwestern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any comments or suggestions on this open textbook, please contact [//www.mccormick.northwestern.edu/directory/profiles/Fengqi-You.html  Professor Fengqi You].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;font size=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Northwestern University Chemical Process Design Open Text Book&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border: 1px solid red; padding:1px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border: 1px solid darkgray; padding:5px;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;590&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Chemical Process Design Theory and Method =&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
==Design Basis==&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Define product and feed]] (S1)&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Preliminary market analysis and plant capacity]] (G2)&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Site condition and design]] (H)&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Block Flow Diagram| Block flow diagram]] (S2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process Flow Diagram==&lt;br /&gt;
# Process alternatives and flowsheeting (H)&lt;br /&gt;
# Reactors (G2)&lt;br /&gt;
# Separation processes (S2)&lt;br /&gt;
# Process hydraulics: Hydraulic systems, pressure drop, valves, pumps, and compressors (S1)&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Heat Transfer Equipment| Heat transfer equipment: Heat exchangers, boilers, condensers, heaters and coolers]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Utility systems]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Pressure Vessels| Pressure vessels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process Economics==&lt;br /&gt;
# Estimation of capital (H)&lt;br /&gt;
# Estimation of production cost and revenue (S2) &lt;br /&gt;
# Engineering economic analysis (S1)&lt;br /&gt;
# Sensitivity analysis and design optimization (G1)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Process Design Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Process safety]] (G1)&lt;br /&gt;
# Process hazards (G1)&lt;br /&gt;
# Environmental concerns (G2)&lt;br /&gt;
# Controls and P&amp;amp;ID &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
| width=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border: 1px solid darkgray&amp;quot; padding:5px; width=&amp;quot;480&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chemical Process Design Projects=&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
== Examples ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Sugar Cane Ethanol Plant]] (2011)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other examples&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Glycerol to propylene glycol==&lt;br /&gt;
* Design 1 (2014)&lt;br /&gt;
* Design 2 (2014)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
==Succinic acid to 1,4-butanediol==&lt;br /&gt;
* Design 1 (2014)&lt;br /&gt;
* Design 2 (2014)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
==Hydrogen Student Design Contest==&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop-in Hydrogen Fueling (2014)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Guide to Use Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Editing_help| Quick Guide to MediaWiki Editing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [//meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents MediaWiki User&#039;s Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [//www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=616</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=616"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T12:04:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|thumb|right|300px|Example of a pressure vessel.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Collapse of railroad tank car due to steam condensation caused by cold external temperatures. The relief valve allowed vapor to vent outwards, but there was no vacuum relief.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|thumb|right|300px|Different geometries of end caps: a) hemispherical b) ellipsoidal c) torispherical]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|thumb|right|300px|Diagram of shrink-fitted cylinders. The inner cylinder is under compression by the outer cylinder.]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Fibreglass wound underground vessel from ZCL Composites.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;br /&gt;
Many processes in the chemical industry are carried out at pressures greater than the atmosphere. Gases are also compressed and stored. Any vessel that will experience a pressure difference between the sides of the walls must be strong enough to withstand it. Usually the difference is between the inside and the external atmosphere, but it can also exist internally, as in a heat exchanger. A large amount of potential energy can exist as a pressure difference, and correct design of pressure vessels is an integral part to plant safety. As such, there are codes and standards guiding all aspects of using them. In North America, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. While chemical engineers will generally not carry out the immediate design, they will need to communicate specifications based on their understanding of process conditions to the vessel design engineers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Towler, G.P. and Sinnot, R. (2012). &amp;quot;Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design.&amp;quot; Elsevier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peters, M.S. and Timmerhaus, K.D. (2003). &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers, 5th Edition.&amp;quot; New York: McGraw-Hill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turton R.; Bailie, R.C.; Whiting, W.B.; Shaeiwitz J.A.; Bhattacharyya D. (2012). &amp;quot;Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes.&amp;quot; Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Wound_Vessel.jpg&amp;diff=615</id>
		<title>File:Wound Vessel.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Wound_Vessel.jpg&amp;diff=615"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T04:15:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Description: Wound vessel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date: 2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: http://www.zcl.com/products/petroleum-products/oil-gas-tanks/filament-wound-pressure-vessels.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: ZCL Composites, Inc.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Shrink_fit.PNG&amp;diff=614</id>
		<title>File:Shrink fit.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Shrink_fit.PNG&amp;diff=614"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T04:13:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Description: Shrink-fitted cylinder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date: Accessed January 2014&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: http://www.tobynorris.com/work/prog/cpp/mfc/concyl_hlp/shrinkfitshafts.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Toby Norris&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:End_Caps.JPG&amp;diff=613</id>
		<title>File:End Caps.JPG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:End_Caps.JPG&amp;diff=613"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T04:11:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Description: Different end cap geometries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date: 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design.Elsevier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Towler, G.P. and Sinnot, R.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Vacuum_Collapse.jpg&amp;diff=612</id>
		<title>File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Vacuum_Collapse.jpg&amp;diff=612"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T04:10:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Description: Collapsed tank car&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date: 2002&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: http://www.acutech-consulting.com/acusafe/Incidents/Collapse_Steam/Collapse_Steam1.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: AcuSafe&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Pressure_Vessel.png&amp;diff=611</id>
		<title>File:Pressure Vessel.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Pressure_Vessel.png&amp;diff=611"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T04:08:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Description: A pressure vesse&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date: 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: From slides for use in conjunction with Towler and Sinnott &amp;quot;Chemical Engineering Design&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Towler G.P./UOP&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=610</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=610"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T04:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|thumb|right|300px|Example of a pressure vessel.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Collapse of railroad tank car due to steam condensation caused by cold external temperatures. The relief valve allowed vapor to vent outwards, but there was no vacuum relief.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|thumb|right|300px|Different geometries of end caps: a) hemispherical b) ellipsoidal c) torispherical]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|thumb|right|300px|Diagram of shrink-fitted cylinders. The inner cylinder is under compression by the outer cylinder.]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Fibreglass wound underground vessel from ZCL Composites.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Towler, G.P. and Sinnot, R. (2012). &amp;quot;Chemical Engineering Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process Design.&amp;quot; Elsevier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peters, M.S. and Timmerhaus, K.D. (2003). &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers, 5th Edition.&amp;quot; New York: McGraw-Hill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turton R.; Bailie, R.C.; Whiting, W.B.; Shaeiwitz J.A.; Bhattacharyya D. (2012). &amp;quot;Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Processes.&amp;quot; Upper Saddle River: Prentice Hall.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=609</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=609"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:58:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|thumb|right|300px|Example of a pressure vessel.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Collapse of railroad tank car due to steam condensation caused by cold external temperatures. The relief valve allowed vapor to vent outwards, but there was no vacuum relief.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|thumb|right|300px|Different geometries of end caps: a) hemispherical b) ellipsoidal c) torispherical]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|thumb|right|300px|Diagram of shrink-fitted cylinders. The inner cylinder is under compression by the outer cylinder.]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Fibreglass wound underground vessel from ZCL Composites.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=608</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=608"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:51:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=607</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=607"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:51:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|thumb|right|300px|An example of a pressure vessel]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Vessel collapse caused by condensation of steam by cold temperatures. The relief system was able to vent vapor outwards, but did not allow gas back in, causing a vacuum when the steam condensed.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|thumb|right|300px|Different geometries of end caps: a) hemispherical; b) ellipsoidal; c) torispherical]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|thumb|right|300px|Diagram of shrink-fitted cylinders. The inner cylinder is under compression by the outer cylinder.]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Underground fibreglass wound pressure vessel from ZCL Composites.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=606</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=606"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:35:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Wound vessels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wound Vessel.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Wound_Vessel.jpg&amp;diff=605</id>
		<title>File:Wound Vessel.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Wound_Vessel.jpg&amp;diff=605"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:34:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: Wound Vessel&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Wound Vessel&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=604</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=604"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:33:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Shrink-fitted cylinders */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shrink fit.PNG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Shrink_fit.PNG&amp;diff=603</id>
		<title>File:Shrink fit.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Shrink_fit.PNG&amp;diff=603"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:32:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: Shrink-fitted cylinder&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Shrink-fitted cylinder&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=602</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=602"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:31:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* End Closures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.JPG|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:End_Caps.JPG&amp;diff=601</id>
		<title>File:End Caps.JPG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:End_Caps.JPG&amp;diff=601"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:30:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: End Caps&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;End Caps&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=600</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=600"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:29:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* End Closures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:End Caps.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=599</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=599"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:21:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Design Pressure */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Vacuum_Collapse.jpg&amp;diff=598</id>
		<title>File:Vacuum Collapse.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Vacuum_Collapse.jpg&amp;diff=598"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:19:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: Vacuum Collapse&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Vacuum Collapse&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=597</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=597"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:18:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Pressure Vessel.png|right|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Pressure_Vessel.png&amp;diff=596</id>
		<title>File:Pressure Vessel.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=File:Pressure_Vessel.png&amp;diff=596"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T03:16:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: From Towler/UOP&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;From Towler/UOP&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=595</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=595"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T02:31:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* High Pressure Vessels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multilayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=594</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=594"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T02:23:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Supports */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. Skirt supports – vertical columns. Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=593</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=593"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T01:52:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
Skirt supports – vertical columns&lt;br /&gt;
Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Liquid Storage Tanks=&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=592</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=592"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T01:50:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Design Loads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Subsidiary loads can often be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
Skirt supports – vertical columns&lt;br /&gt;
Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=591</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=591"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T01:50:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Design Loads */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressure vessels and the structures used to support them must be able to resist deformation and collapse when subjected to various loads, classified into major and subsidiary loads. Major loads must always be considered in the design of a pressure vessel, while subsidiary loads only need to be subjected to formal stress analysis when there is no other way to show that they can be supported. Usually subsidiary loads can be evaluated by comparison with existing vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as major loads include design pressure, taking into account pressure heads; maximum operational weight, maximum weight under testing, wind, earthquake, and loads supported by the vessel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Loads classified as subsidiary loads include: local stresses caused by supports, internal structures, and connecting pipes, shock loads caused by water hammer or surging, bending moments due to displacement of center of pressure, loads caused by differences in temperature and thermal expansion coefficients, and those caused by fluctuations of temperature and pressure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “worst case scenario” should be considered, and that the design should be based around that loading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
Skirt supports – vertical columns&lt;br /&gt;
Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=590</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=590"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T01:46:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Construction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
Different saddles will be used depending on a variety of factors. These factors include vessel dimensions and weight, temperature and pressure, arrangement, and fittings and attachments.&lt;br /&gt;
Saddles are usually used for horizontal vessels. &lt;br /&gt;
Skirt supports – vertical columns&lt;br /&gt;
Brackets – all types of vessels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=589</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=589"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T23:55:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Supports==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=588</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=588"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T23:54:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical (swaged vessels are an exception) and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fatigue-induced failure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stress cycles can occur as a result of normal operations. Possible periodic causes include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Fluctuations in pressure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Temperature cycling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Vibrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Water hammer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Fluctuations in flow of fluids or solids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Fluctuations in external load&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endurance limit is the number of cycles for failure at a given set of conditions of cyclic stress. If this number of cycles is &lt;br /&gt;
exceeded, the vessel will fail (Towler pg 55).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=587</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=587"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T23:41:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* End Closures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same. Tangent lines are where the curvature ends. Weld lines are where the closures are attached. &lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds can be used. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=586</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=586"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T23:39:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Loads=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
Most pressure vessels are cylindrical and have integer length:diameter ratios (2:1, 3:1, 4:1). Vertical vessels are more commonly used than horizontal ones. This is because it is easier to have uniform distribution across the cross section, and they take up less space. However, there may be cases in which horizontal vessels may be preferable. They can be used to promote phase separation (in decanters, settling tanks, separators, and flash vessels), and to allow easy access to clean the inside (in heat exchangers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==End Closures==&lt;br /&gt;
The heads on the ends of the vessels can be hemispherical, ellipsoidal, or torispherical. &lt;br /&gt;
Hemispherical heads have greater internal volumes than ellipsoidal heads, which have greater internal volumes than torispherical heads. The internal volumes are correlated with the cost of each type of head.&lt;br /&gt;
Tangent and weld lines usually are not the same.&lt;br /&gt;
Different kinds of welds. ASME BPV Code has guidelines concerning weld types and inspection.&lt;br /&gt;
Gasketed joints can be used then vessels need to be frequently opened, and for instrument connections. However, they are not used at high temperature or pressures because they may fail, and welds are stronger. They are also more prone to leaks than welded joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
One way of creating compound vessels is to use multiple cylinders such that the outer diameter of the inner cylinder is larger than the inner diameter of the outer one. The outer cylinder can be expanded by heating, and compresses the inner cylinder when cooled. Multiple cylinders may be used.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=585</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=585"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T18:14:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Wall Thickness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances. (11-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=584</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=584"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T18:12:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Wall Thickness */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 states that wall thickness should always be at least 1/16 in, not considering corrosion allowance, material, or dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=583</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=583"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T18:10:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Construction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Welded Joints==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section VIII D.1 defines four kinds of welds and criteria for their evaluation(Towler pg 10-11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. Longitudinal or spiral welds in the main shell, necks, or nozzles, or circumferential welds connecting hemispherical head sto the main shell, necks or nozzles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Circumferential welds int he main shell, necks, or nozzles or connecting a formed head other than hemispherical&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Welds connecting flanges, tubesheets, or flat heads to the main shell, a formed head, neck or nozzle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D. Welds connecting communicating &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=582</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=582"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:58:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Designs and Codes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII. D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=581</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=581"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:57:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Construction=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fabrication==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, vessel shells are made by rolling and welding. It is easier for thin walls, however there may still be difficulty for small diameters. Vessels with thicker walls may need to be drum forged. The end closures are usually forged, and auxiliary components such as nozzles and support rings are welded on. Post weld heat treating (PWHT) is used to relieve residual stresses caused by forming and joining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Pressure Vessels==&lt;br /&gt;
High pressures are often required to carry out chemical processes. Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME BPV Code provides guidelines for pressure vessels that will experience pressures above 2000 psia. There are stricter restrictions and requirements regarding operating temperatures and stress analysis and testing. Divison 3 of Section 8 provides guidelines for pressures above 10,000 psia (680 bar). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high pressures, compound vessels are often used instead of single-walled vessels, which may have difficulty providing the necessary strength. (Towler 56-57)&lt;br /&gt;
===Shrink-fitted cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiplayer cylinders===&lt;br /&gt;
Multilayer cylinders are made by wrapping thin plates around a tube in layers. They are heated, tightened, and welded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wound vessels===&lt;br /&gt;
Wound 	vessels are cylindrical vessels reinforced by winding on wire or thin ribbons under tension. The strips can be interlocked to provide more strength for high-pressure applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Autofrettage===&lt;br /&gt;
The internal surface of the vessel is subject to enormous pressures to prestress it. When released, the inside will be under compression by the outside. The vessel can be used up to the “autofrettage” pressure without further deformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liquid Storage Tanks==&lt;br /&gt;
Vertical cylindrical tanks are common in industry for storage of liquid. Volumes can range from a few hundred to several thousand gallons. The main load for these tanks is the hydrostatic head. However, tanks with large vertical profiles may need to account for wind loading, and perhaps snow on the top as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=580</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=580"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:37:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=579</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=579"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:31:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Pressure Testing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure (Towler pg 56). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = 1.30 \left[ P_d \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times \frac{t}{t-c} \right] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = design pressure, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_a&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = maximum allowable stress at test temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; =maximum allowable stress at the design temperature, N/mm^2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = corrosion allowance, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; = actual plate thickness, mm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=578</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=578"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:25:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: /* Pressure Testing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure = \frac{S_a}{S_n} \times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=577</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=577"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:22:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter (Turton) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance. (Towler pg 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equation below is typically used to determine an appropriate test pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Test Pressure=1.30 P_d &amp;amp;times \frac{S_a}{S_n} &amp;amp;times&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjustments are made for the testing and design temperature. If the thickness cannot be calculated using known methods, a hydraulic proof test is required by the ASME BPV Code. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=576</id>
		<title>Pressure Vessels</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://design.cbe.cornell.edu/index.php?title=Pressure_Vessels&amp;diff=576"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T17:03:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;David.chen.david.chen: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Title: Pressure Vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: David Chen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steward: Fengqi You&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Date Presented: January 13, 2014 /Date Revised: January 14, 2014 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Table of Contents --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Codes for pressure vessels can be found in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV code). While there is no formal definition, generally any closed vessel over 150 mm  in diameter and that will experience a pressure difference of greater than 0.5 bar can be classified as pressure vessels. Types of equipment that can fit these descriptions include many reactors, separation columns, flash drums, heat exchangers, surge tanks, and storage vessels. Pressure vessels with a wall-thickness:diameter ratio of less than 1:10 can be classified as thin-walled, and the rest, thick-walled.(Towler) Pressure vessels typically consist of a cylindrical shell and elliptical or hemispherical heads at the ends (Peters). Generally, chemical engineers will not be directly involved in detailed mechanical design of pressure vessels. This will be handled by mechanical engineers with experience in the field. However, chemical engineers will need to understand basic concepts of pressure vessel design in order to estimate costs and communicate specifications to those who will carry out the design. Most correlations for estimating cost depend heavily on the weight and type of material used. (Peter/ Towler / Towler/UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basic data required by pressure vessel design engineer. It will be important for chemical engineer and vessel design engineer to communicate very closely(Towler pg 1-2).:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	Vessel function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	Process materials and services (corrosion, deposits, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	Operating conditions (temperature and pressure)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	Materials of construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	Dimensions and orientation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	Type of vessel heads to be used&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	Openings and connections required	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	Heating/cooling requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	Agitation requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	Specification of internal fittings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Designs and Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries have codes and standards concerning pressure vessels. Compliance is usually legally required. The codes provide guidance on design, materials of construction, fabrication, inspection, and testing. In North America, the  American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (ASME BPV Code) is used. There are twelve sections, and section VIII has three subdivisions. The section titles are listed below. Other sets of codes exist for storage tanks, fittings, and piping. It is important to always use the most recent revisions in design. (Towler 3-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TABLE &amp;quot;American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Design Codes&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I     Rules for construction of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II    Materials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III   Nuclear power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IV    Rules for construction of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V     Nondestructive examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VI    Recommended rules for the care and operation of heating boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VII   Recommended guidelines for the care of power boilers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VIII  Rules for the construction of pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D2     Alternative rules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      D3     Alternative rules for the construction of high pressure vessels&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IX    Welding and brazing qualifications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
X     Fiber-reinforced plastic vessels &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XI    Rules for in service inspection of nuclear &lt;br /&gt;
power plant components&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XII   Rules for construction and continued service of transport tanks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Temperature=&lt;br /&gt;
Different temperature allowances are used above and below normal operating tempratures. For temperatures between -30 and 345 ⁰C, Turton gives a maximum allowance of 25 ⁰C above maximum operating temperature should be included. Above this, an even higher design allowance is used (Turton pg 1). Towler/UOP gives 50 ⁰F above the maximum operating temperature and -25 ⁰F below the minimum. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum allowable stress is highly dependent on temperature, because metals weaken with increasing temperature. The vessel should not operate at higher temperature than the highest at which the maximum allowable stress was evaluated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a minimum temperature for which the vessel can be guaranteed to operate safely. Metals may become brittle at very low temperatures (Towler/UOP).The minimum design metla temperaure (MDMT) is the lowest temperature that can be expected in the vessel. (Towler)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In specifying the maximum and minimum temperatures, disturbances caused by upstream processes and external factors need to be taken into account. These disturbances may include:transient conditions, upsets, auto-refrigeration, climate, other cooling factors. (Towler pg 8-9, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Design Pressure=&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels are often overdesigned relative to the maximum operating pressure. Turton suggests deisgn pressures of either 10% or 0.69-1/7 bar above the maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater. The maximum operating pressure is taken a 1.7 bar above normal operation. for example, the design pressure of a vessel that normall operates at 0-0.69 bar and 95-540 ⁰C is 2.76 barg. (Turton pg 1). Towler suggests overdesign of vessel pressures by 5-10%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vessels that will experience external pressure, design pressure is based on the maximum difference between internal and external pressure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vessels that may potentially experience vacuum conditions must be designed to resist a negative pressure of one full atmosphere. Because of the large surface areas of some vessels, even a modest vacuum can lead to collapse. Circumstances that may lead to vacuum conditions include: startup/shutdown procedures, cooling vessels with condensable vapors, pumping or draining without proper venting, or some other unexpected disturbance.  (Towler 7-9 / Towler UOP).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maximum Allowable Stress=&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum allowable stress is obtained by applying a safety factor to the maximum stress that the material can withstand under standard testing conditions. This allows for possible deviations from ideal material properties and ideal vessel construction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code Section II Part D, Mandatory Appendix 1 details methods on obtaining maximum allowable stress. It is different depending on whether creep and stress rupture are dominant among the various stresses that are present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Materials=&lt;br /&gt;
Steel is the most common material used in construction of tanks and pressure vessels. Other construction materials include other alloys, wood, concrete, or fiber-reinforced plastics (some low-pressure applications). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materials must be chosen that will be able to resist deformation and failure at the process temperature and pressure, and be compatible with the internal material. (Peters, pg 552/ Towler pg 8-9/ Towler/UOP) Other factors for selection include ease of fabrication, availability of parts, and cost. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wall Thickness=&lt;br /&gt;
The required wall thickness of a vessel will depend on many factors, including: the strength of the metal at operating conditions (temperature and pressure), diameter of the tank, and the joint efficiencies. According to Peters, in &amp;quot;Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers,&amp;quot; minimum wall thickness, not including corrosion allowances, should not be less than 2.4mm for welded or brazed construction and 4.8mm for riveted construction. Thickness for unfired steam boilers should not be less than 6.35 mm. (Peters 552) Turton gives heuristics for wall thickness for rigidity based on vessel diameter: 4 mm (0.25 in) for 1.07 m (42 in) diameter and less than 8.1mm (0.32 in) for 1.07-1.52 m (42-60 in) diameter, and 11.7 mm (0.38 mm) for more than 1.52 m (60 in) diameter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minimum wall thicknesses do not include corrosion allowances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Corrosion Allowances=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, corrosion allowances will range from 1.5-5mm. Corrosion allowances for heat transfer equipment are smaller, because wall thickness has an important effect on heat transfer. (Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corrosion and erosion will lead to eventual thinning of walls, which compromises mechanical integrity. Corrosion allowance is constructing the vessels with thicker walls to  allow for the thinning.  the &lt;br /&gt;
Peters, Timmerhaus, and West suggest 0.25 to 0.38mm annually or 3mm for 10 years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turton et al. suggest a corrosion allowance 8.9 mm (0.35 in) for known corrosive conditions, 3.8 mm (0.15 in) for noncorrosive streams, and 1.5 mm (0.6 in) for stream drums and air receivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cases where corrosion is negligible over the lifetime of a vessel or does not occur, the vessel can be designed without the corrosion allowance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Testing=&lt;br /&gt;
==Nondestructive testing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nondestructive testing methods are ways of evaluating the integrity of a vessel without compromising it. Inspections need to be carried out for new vessels and regularly once operation begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest is a visual inspection for cracks or defects on the surface. It is also the cheapest, requiring only an inspector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Radiography is used to detect subsurface cracks and defects. It is difficult and expensive, and may require specialized inspectors. It is required by the code in certain cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ultrasonic detection can be used during operation to detect wall thinning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pressure Testing==&lt;br /&gt;
The ASME BPV Code requires pressure testing with an inspector present before vessels can be approved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both hydraulic and pneumatic pressure tests are used. Hydraulic testing is preferred to pneumatic for safety reasons because much less energy is stored in compressed liquid than in compressed gas (Towler, Towler/UOP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Conclusion=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>David.chen.david.chen</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>